Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1640:9bf06e02070b
Merge DMD 1.057.
| author | Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de> |
|---|---|
| date | Mon, 08 Mar 2010 21:39:20 +0100 |
| parents | 44b145be2ef5 |
| children |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
| 1640 | 3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2010 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
18 #ifdef __DMC__ |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
19 #include <math.h> |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
20 #else |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <cmath> |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
22 #endif |
| 159 | 23 |
| 24 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 25 #include <assert.h> | |
| 26 #include <float.h> | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #endif |
| 37 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "rmem.h" |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "port.h" |
| 159 | 40 |
| 41 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 42 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 43 #include "scope.h" | |
| 44 #include "init.h" | |
| 45 #include "expression.h" | |
| 46 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 47 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 48 #include "template.h" | |
| 49 #include "id.h" | |
| 50 #include "enum.h" | |
| 51 #include "import.h" | |
| 52 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 53 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 54 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
55 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
56 //#include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
57 Ir* Type::sir = NULL; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
58 unsigned GetTypeAlignment(Ir* ir, Type* t); |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
59 #endif |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
60 |
| 159 | 61 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 62 | |
| 63 | |
| 64 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 65 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 66 | |
| 67 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 68 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 69 | |
| 70 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 71 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 | |
| 74 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
75 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
76 /* REALSIZE = size a real consumes in memory |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
77 * REALPAD = 'padding' added to the CPU real size to bring it up to REALSIZE |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
78 * REALALIGNSIZE = alignment for reals |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
79 */ |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
80 #if TARGET_OSX |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
81 int REALSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
82 int REALPAD = 6; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
83 int REALALIGNSIZE = 16; |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
84 #elif TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_FREEBSD || TARGET_SOLARIS |
| 159 | 85 int REALSIZE = 12; |
| 86 int REALPAD = 2; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
87 int REALALIGNSIZE = 4; |
| 159 | 88 #else |
| 89 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 90 int REALPAD = 0; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
91 int REALALIGNSIZE = 2; |
| 159 | 92 #endif |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
93 |
| 159 | 94 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
| 95 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 96 | |
|
1393
04177061f98d
Patch to allow compiling LDC with MinGW, by `mp4 / [1]jaffa` (slightly edited).
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1367
diff
changeset
|
97 #if _WIN32 && !defined __MINGW32__ |
|
1257
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
98 static double zero = 0; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
99 double Port::nan = NAN; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
100 double Port::infinity = 1/zero; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
101 #endif |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
102 |
| 159 | 103 /***************************** Type *****************************/ |
| 104 | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 106 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 110 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 111 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 112 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 113 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 114 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 115 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 116 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 117 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 118 | |
| 119 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 120 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 121 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 122 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 123 | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
124 #if IN_LLVM |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
125 StringTable Type::deco_stringtable; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
126 #endif |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
127 |
| 159 | 128 |
| 129 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 130 { | |
| 131 this->ty = ty; | |
| 132 this->mod = 0; | |
| 133 this->next = next; | |
| 134 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 135 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 136 this->cto = NULL; |
| 137 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 1640 | 138 this->sto = NULL; |
| 139 this->scto = NULL; | |
| 140 this->wto = NULL; | |
| 141 this->swto = NULL; | |
| 159 | 142 #endif |
| 143 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 144 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 145 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 146 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
147 #if IN_DMD |
| 159 | 148 this->ctype = NULL; |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
149 #endif |
|
1192
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
150 |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
151 #if IN_LLVM |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
152 this->irtype = NULL; |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
153 #endif |
| 159 | 154 } |
| 155 | |
| 156 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 157 { | |
| 158 print(); | |
| 159 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 160 assert(0); | |
| 161 return this; | |
| 162 } | |
| 163 | |
| 164 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 165 { Type *t; | |
| 166 | |
| 167 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 168 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 169 if (this == o || | |
| 170 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 171 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 172 { | |
| 173 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 174 return 1; | |
| 175 } | |
| 176 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 177 return 0; | |
| 178 } | |
| 179 | |
| 180 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 181 { | |
| 182 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 183 } | |
| 184 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
185 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
186 void Type::init(Ir* _sir) |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
187 #else |
| 159 | 188 void Type::init() |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
189 #endif |
| 159 | 190 { int i; |
| 191 int j; | |
| 192 | |
| 193 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 194 | |
| 195 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 197 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 198 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 203 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 204 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 205 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 207 | |
| 208 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 211 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 217 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 218 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 219 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 220 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 221 | |
| 222 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 223 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 224 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 225 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 226 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 227 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 228 | |
| 229 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 230 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 231 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 232 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 233 | |
| 234 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 235 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 236 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 237 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 238 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 239 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
240 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 241 |
| 242 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 243 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 244 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 245 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 246 } | |
| 247 | |
| 248 // Set basic types | |
| 249 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 250 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 251 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 252 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 253 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 254 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 255 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 256 | |
| 257 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 258 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 259 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 260 | |
| 261 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 262 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
263 // LDC |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
264 sir = _sir; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
265 |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
266 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 267 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 268 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
269 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
270 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
271 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 272 } |
| 273 else | |
| 274 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
275 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
276 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
277 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
278 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
279 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
280 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
281 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
282 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
283 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
284 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
285 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
286 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
287 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
288 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
289 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
290 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
291 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
292 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
293 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
294 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 295 } |
| 296 } | |
| 297 | |
| 298 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 299 { | |
| 300 return size(0); | |
| 301 } | |
| 302 | |
| 303 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 304 { | |
| 305 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 306 return 1; | |
| 307 } | |
| 308 | |
| 309 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 310 { | |
| 311 return size(0); | |
| 312 } | |
| 313 | |
| 314 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 315 { | |
| 316 if (next) | |
| 317 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 318 return merge(); | |
| 319 } | |
| 320 | |
| 321 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 322 { | |
| 323 if (!pto) | |
| 324 { Type *t; | |
| 325 | |
| 326 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 327 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 328 } | |
| 329 return pto; | |
| 330 } | |
| 331 | |
| 332 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 333 { | |
| 334 if (!rto) | |
| 335 { Type *t; | |
| 336 | |
| 337 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 338 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 339 } | |
| 340 return rto; | |
| 341 } | |
| 342 | |
| 343 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 344 { | |
| 345 if (!arrayof) | |
| 346 { Type *t; | |
| 347 | |
| 348 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 349 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 350 } | |
| 351 return arrayof; | |
| 352 } | |
| 353 | |
| 354 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 355 { | |
| 356 return NULL; | |
| 357 } | |
| 358 | |
| 359 /******************************* | |
| 360 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 361 * get that other type. | |
| 362 */ | |
| 363 | |
| 364 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 365 { | |
| 366 return this; | |
| 367 } | |
| 368 | |
| 369 /******************************** | |
| 370 * Name mangling. | |
| 371 */ | |
| 372 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
373 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 374 { |
| 375 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 376 if (next) | |
| 377 { | |
| 378 assert(next != this); | |
| 379 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
380 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 381 } |
| 382 } | |
| 383 | |
| 384 /******************************** | |
| 385 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 386 */ | |
| 387 | |
| 388 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 389 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 390 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 391 | |
| 392 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 393 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 394 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 395 } | |
| 396 | |
| 397 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 398 { | |
| 399 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 400 if (ident) | |
| 401 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 402 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 } | |
| 405 | |
| 406 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 407 { | |
| 408 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 409 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 410 return; | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 413 } | |
| 414 | |
| 415 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 416 { | |
| 417 if (mod != this->mod) | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
418 { const char *p; |
| 159 | 419 |
| 420 switch (this->mod) | |
| 421 { | |
| 422 case 0: | |
| 423 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 424 break; | |
| 425 case MODconst: | |
| 426 p = "const("; | |
| 427 goto L1; | |
|
1619
c61782a76dff
Merge DMD r304: refactor invariant => immutable
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1617
diff
changeset
|
428 case MODimmutable: |
| 159 | 429 p = "invariant("; |
| 430 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 431 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 432 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 433 break; | |
| 434 default: | |
| 435 assert(0); | |
| 436 } | |
| 437 } | |
| 438 } | |
| 439 | |
| 440 | |
| 441 /************************************ | |
| 442 */ | |
| 443 | |
| 444 Type *Type::merge() | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
445 { |
| 159 | 446 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
447 Type *t = this; |
| 159 | 448 assert(t); |
| 449 if (!deco) | |
| 450 { | |
| 451 if (next) | |
| 452 next = next->merge(); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
453 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
454 OutBuffer buf; |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
455 toDecoBuffer(&buf, false); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
456 StringValue *sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); |
| 159 | 457 if (sv->ptrvalue) |
| 458 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 459 assert(t->deco); | |
| 460 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 461 } | |
| 462 else | |
| 463 { | |
| 464 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
465 |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
466 // we still need deco strings to be unique |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
467 // or Type::equals fails, which breaks a bunch of stuff, |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
468 // like covariant member function overloads. |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
469 OutBuffer mangle; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
470 toDecoBuffer(&mangle, true); |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
471 StringValue* sv2 = deco_stringtable.update((char *)mangle.data, mangle.offset); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
472 if (sv2->ptrvalue) |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
473 { Type* t2 = (Type *) sv2->ptrvalue; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
474 assert(t2->deco); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
475 deco = t2->deco; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
476 } |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
477 else |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
478 { |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
479 sv2->ptrvalue = this; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
480 deco = (char *)sv2->lstring.string; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
481 } |
| 159 | 482 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); |
| 483 } | |
| 484 } | |
| 485 return t; | |
| 486 } | |
| 487 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
488 /************************************* |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
489 * This version does a merge even if the deco is already computed. |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
490 * Necessary for types that have a deco, but are not merged. |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
491 */ |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
492 Type *Type::merge2() |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
493 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
494 //printf("merge2(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
495 Type *t = this; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
496 assert(t); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
497 if (!t->deco) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
498 return t->merge(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
499 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
500 StringValue *sv = deco_stringtable.lookup((char *)t->deco, strlen(t->deco)); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
501 if (sv && sv->ptrvalue) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
502 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
503 assert(t->deco); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
504 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
505 else |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
506 assert(0); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
507 return t; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
508 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
509 |
| 159 | 510 int Type::isbit() |
| 511 { | |
| 512 return FALSE; | |
| 513 } | |
| 514 | |
| 515 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 516 { | |
| 517 return FALSE; | |
| 518 } | |
| 519 | |
| 520 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 521 { | |
| 522 return FALSE; | |
| 523 } | |
| 524 | |
| 525 int Type::isreal() | |
| 526 { | |
| 527 return FALSE; | |
| 528 } | |
| 529 | |
| 530 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 531 { | |
| 532 return FALSE; | |
| 533 } | |
| 534 | |
| 535 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 536 { | |
| 537 return FALSE; | |
| 538 } | |
| 539 | |
| 540 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 541 { | |
| 542 return FALSE; | |
| 543 } | |
| 544 | |
| 545 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 546 { | |
| 547 return FALSE; | |
| 548 } | |
| 549 | |
| 550 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 551 { | |
| 552 return NULL; | |
| 553 } | |
| 554 | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
555 int Type::isscope() |
| 159 | 556 { |
| 557 return FALSE; | |
| 558 } | |
| 559 | |
| 560 int Type::isString() | |
| 561 { | |
| 562 return FALSE; | |
| 563 } | |
| 564 | |
| 565 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 566 { | |
| 567 return isscalar(); | |
| 568 } | |
| 569 | |
| 570 /********************************* | |
| 571 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 572 */ | |
| 573 | |
| 574 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 575 { | |
|
1627
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
576 for (Type *t = this; t; t = t->next) |
| 159 | 577 { |
|
1627
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
578 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); |
| 159 | 579 if (s) |
| 580 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 581 } | |
| 582 } | |
| 583 | |
| 584 | |
| 585 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 586 { | |
| 587 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 588 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 589 #endif | |
| 590 return NULL; | |
| 591 } | |
| 592 | |
|
1627
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
593 /*************************************** |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
594 * Use when we prefer the default initializer to be a literal, |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
595 * rather than a global immutable variable. |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
596 */ |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
597 Expression *Type::defaultInitLiteral(Loc loc) |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
598 { |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
599 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
600 printf("Type::defaultInitLiteral() '%s'\n", toChars()); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
601 #endif |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
602 return defaultInit(loc); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
603 } |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
604 |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
605 int Type::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 606 { |
| 607 return 0; // assume not | |
| 608 } | |
| 609 | |
| 610 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 611 { | |
| 612 return 0; // assume not | |
| 613 } | |
| 614 | |
| 615 /******************************** | |
| 616 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 617 * to type 'to'. | |
| 618 * Returns: | |
| 619 * 0 can't convert | |
| 620 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 621 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 622 */ | |
| 623 | |
| 624 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 625 { | |
| 626 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 627 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 628 if (this == to) | |
| 629 return MATCHexact; | |
| 630 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 631 // return 1; | |
| 632 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 633 } | |
| 634 | |
| 635 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 636 { Expression *e; | |
| 637 | |
| 638 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 639 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 640 #endif | |
| 641 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 642 { | |
| 643 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 644 } | |
| 645 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 646 { | |
| 647 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 1640 | 648 e = new ErrorExp(); |
| 159 | 649 } |
| 650 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 651 { | |
| 652 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 653 } | |
| 654 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 655 { | |
| 656 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 657 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 658 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 659 } | |
| 660 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 661 { | |
| 662 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 663 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 664 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 665 } | |
| 666 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
667 { const char *s; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
668 if (!deco) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
669 { s = toChars(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
670 error(loc, "forward reference of type %s.mangleof", s); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
671 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
672 else |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
673 s = deco; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
674 e = new StringExp(loc, (char *)s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
| 159 | 675 Scope sc; |
| 676 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 679 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 680 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 681 Scope sc; | |
| 682 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 683 } | |
| 684 else | |
| 685 { | |
| 1640 | 686 Dsymbol *s = NULL; |
| 687 if (ty == Tstruct || ty == Tclass || ty == Tenum || ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 688 s = toDsymbol(NULL); | |
| 689 if (s) | |
| 690 s = s->search_correct(ident); | |
| 691 if (s) | |
| 692 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s', did you mean '%s'?", ident->toChars(), toChars(), s->toChars()); | |
| 693 else | |
| 694 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 695 e = new ErrorExp(); | |
| 159 | 696 } |
| 697 return e; | |
| 698 } | |
| 699 | |
| 700 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 701 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 702 | |
| 703 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 704 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 705 #endif | |
| 706 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 707 { | |
| 708 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 709 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 710 } | |
| 711 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 712 { | |
| 713 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 714 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 715 } | |
| 716 if (v) | |
| 717 { | |
| 718 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 719 { | |
| 720 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 721 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 722 goto Loffset; | |
| 723 } | |
| 724 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 725 { | |
| 726 Loffset: | |
| 727 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 728 { | |
| 729 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 730 return e; | |
| 731 } | |
| 732 } | |
| 733 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 734 { | |
| 735 #if 0 | |
| 736 if (v->init) | |
| 737 { | |
| 738 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 739 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 740 else | |
| 741 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 742 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 743 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 744 { | |
| 745 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 746 | |
| 747 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 748 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 749 */ | |
| 750 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 751 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 752 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 753 { | |
| 754 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 755 } | |
| 756 } | |
| 757 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 758 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 759 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 760 } | |
| 761 return e; | |
| 762 } | |
| 763 #endif | |
| 764 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 765 return ex; | |
| 766 } | |
| 767 } | |
| 768 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 769 { | |
| 770 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 771 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 772 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 773 return e; | |
| 774 } | |
| 775 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 776 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 777 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 778 Scope sc; | |
| 779 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 780 return e; | |
| 781 } | |
| 782 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 783 } | |
| 784 | |
| 785 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 786 { | |
| 787 return salign; | |
| 788 } | |
| 789 | |
| 790 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 791 { | |
| 792 va_list ap; | |
| 793 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 794 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 795 va_end( ap ); | |
| 796 } | |
| 797 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
798 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
799 { |
| 1640 | 800 va_list ap; |
| 801 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 802 ::vwarning(loc, format, ap); | |
| 803 va_end( ap ); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
804 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
805 |
| 159 | 806 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 807 { | |
| 808 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 809 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 810 Identifier *id; | |
| 811 char *name; | |
| 812 int len; | |
| 813 | |
| 814 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 815 if (internal) | |
| 816 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 817 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
818 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 819 } |
| 820 else | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
821 toDecoBuffer(&buf, true); |
| 159 | 822 len = buf.offset; |
| 823 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 824 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 825 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
826 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
827 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
828 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
829 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 830 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 831 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 832 return id; | |
| 833 } | |
| 834 | |
| 835 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 836 { | |
| 837 return NULL; | |
| 838 } | |
| 839 | |
| 840 | |
| 841 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 842 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
843 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
844 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 845 *pt = t; |
| 846 *pe = NULL; | |
| 847 *ps = NULL; | |
| 848 } | |
| 849 | |
| 850 /******************************* | |
| 851 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 852 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 853 */ | |
| 854 | |
| 855 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 856 { | |
| 857 if (!next) | |
| 858 return NULL; | |
| 859 else | |
| 860 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 861 } | |
| 862 | |
| 863 /******************************** | |
| 864 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 865 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 866 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 867 */ | |
| 868 | |
| 869 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 870 { | |
| 871 return NULL; | |
| 872 } | |
| 873 | |
| 874 /*************************************** | |
| 875 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 876 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 877 */ | |
| 878 | |
| 879 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 880 { | |
| 881 return FALSE; | |
| 882 } | |
| 883 | |
| 884 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 885 | |
| 886 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 887 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
888 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
889 const char *d; |
| 159 | 890 unsigned flags; |
| 891 | |
| 892 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 893 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 894 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 895 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 896 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 897 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 898 | |
| 899 flags = 0; | |
| 900 switch (ty) | |
| 901 { | |
| 902 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 903 c = "void"; | |
| 904 break; | |
| 905 | |
| 906 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 907 c = "byte"; | |
| 908 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 909 break; | |
| 910 | |
| 911 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 912 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 913 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 914 break; | |
| 915 | |
| 916 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 917 c = "short"; | |
| 918 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 919 break; | |
| 920 | |
| 921 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 922 c = "ushort"; | |
| 923 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 924 break; | |
| 925 | |
| 926 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 927 c = "int"; | |
| 928 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 929 break; | |
| 930 | |
| 931 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 932 c = "uint"; | |
| 933 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 934 break; | |
| 935 | |
| 936 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 937 c = "float"; | |
| 938 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 939 break; | |
| 940 | |
| 941 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 942 c = "long"; | |
| 943 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 944 break; | |
| 945 | |
| 946 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 947 c = "ulong"; | |
| 948 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 949 break; | |
| 950 | |
| 951 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 952 c = "double"; | |
| 953 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 954 break; | |
| 955 | |
| 956 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 957 c = "real"; | |
| 958 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 959 break; | |
| 960 | |
| 961 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 962 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 963 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 964 break; | |
| 965 | |
| 966 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 967 c = "idouble"; | |
| 968 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 969 break; | |
| 970 | |
| 971 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 972 c = "ireal"; | |
| 973 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 974 break; | |
| 975 | |
| 976 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 977 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 978 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 979 break; | |
| 980 | |
| 981 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 982 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 983 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 984 break; | |
| 985 | |
| 986 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 987 c = "creal"; | |
| 988 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 989 break; | |
| 990 | |
| 991 | |
| 992 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 993 c = "bit"; | |
| 994 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 995 break; | |
| 996 | |
| 997 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 998 c = d; | |
| 999 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1000 break; | |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 1003 c = "char"; | |
| 1004 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1005 break; | |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 1008 c = "wchar"; | |
| 1009 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1010 break; | |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 1013 c = "dchar"; | |
| 1014 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1015 break; | |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 default: assert(0); | |
| 1018 } | |
| 1019 this->dstring = d; | |
| 1020 this->cstring = c; | |
| 1021 this->flags = flags; | |
| 1022 merge(); | |
| 1023 } | |
| 1024 | |
| 1025 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1026 { | |
| 1027 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 1028 return this; | |
| 1029 } | |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 1033 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
1034 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 1035 } |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1038 { | |
| 1039 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 1040 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1041 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1042 return; | |
| 1043 } | |
| 1044 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 1045 } | |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 1048 { unsigned size; | |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 1051 switch (ty) | |
| 1052 { | |
| 1053 case Tint8: | |
| 1054 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 1055 case Tint16: | |
| 1056 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 1057 case Tint32: | |
| 1058 case Tuns32: | |
| 1059 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1060 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1061 size = 4; break; | |
| 1062 case Tint64: | |
| 1063 case Tuns64: | |
| 1064 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1065 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1066 size = 8; break; | |
| 1067 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1068 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1069 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 1070 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1071 size = 8; break; | |
| 1072 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1073 size = 16; break; | |
| 1074 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1075 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 case Tvoid: | |
| 1078 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 1079 size = 1; | |
| 1080 break; | |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1083 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1084 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1085 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1086 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 default: | |
| 1089 assert(0); | |
| 1090 break; | |
| 1091 } | |
| 1092 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1093 return size; | |
| 1094 } | |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1097 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1098 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1099 return 1; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
1100 return GetTypeAlignment(sir, this); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1101 #if TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_OSX || TARGET_FREEBSD || TARGET_SOLARIS |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1102 case Tint64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1103 case Tuns64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1104 case Tfloat64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1105 case Timaginary64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1106 case Tcomplex32: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1107 case Tcomplex64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1108 sz = 4; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1109 break; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1110 #endif |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1111 |
| 159 | 1112 } |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1116 { | |
| 1117 Expression *e; | |
| 1118 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1119 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1120 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1121 #else | |
| 1122 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1123 #endif | |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1126 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1127 { | |
| 1128 switch (ty) | |
| 1129 { | |
| 1130 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1131 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1132 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1133 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1134 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1135 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1136 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1137 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1138 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1139 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1140 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1141 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1142 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1145 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1146 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1147 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1148 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1149 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1150 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1151 case Timaginary80: | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1152 case Tfloat80: fvalue = Port::ldbl_max; goto Lfvalue; |
| 159 | 1153 } |
| 1154 } | |
| 1155 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1156 { | |
| 1157 switch (ty) | |
| 1158 { | |
| 1159 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1160 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1161 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1162 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1163 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1164 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1165 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1166 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1167 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1168 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1169 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1170 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1171 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1174 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1175 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1176 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1177 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1178 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1179 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1180 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1181 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 } | |
| 1184 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1185 { | |
| 1186 switch (ty) | |
| 1187 { | |
| 1188 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1189 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1190 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1191 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1192 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1193 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1194 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1195 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1196 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1197 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1198 fvalue = Port::nan; |
| 159 | 1199 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1200 } | |
| 1201 } | |
| 1202 } | |
| 1203 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1204 { | |
| 1205 switch (ty) | |
| 1206 { | |
| 1207 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1208 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1209 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1210 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1211 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1212 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1213 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1214 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1215 case Tfloat80: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1216 fvalue = Port::infinity; |
| 159 | 1217 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1218 } | |
| 1219 } | |
| 1220 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1221 { | |
| 1222 switch (ty) | |
| 1223 { | |
| 1224 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1225 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1226 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1227 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1228 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1229 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1230 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1231 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1232 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1233 } | |
| 1234 } | |
| 1235 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1236 { | |
| 1237 switch (ty) | |
| 1238 { | |
| 1239 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1240 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1241 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1242 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1243 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1244 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1245 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1246 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1247 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1248 } | |
| 1249 } | |
| 1250 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1251 { | |
| 1252 switch (ty) | |
| 1253 { | |
| 1254 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1255 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1256 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1257 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1258 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1259 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1260 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1261 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1262 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1263 } | |
| 1264 } | |
| 1265 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1266 { | |
| 1267 switch (ty) | |
| 1268 { | |
| 1269 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1270 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1271 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1272 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1273 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1274 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1275 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1276 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1277 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1278 } | |
| 1279 } | |
| 1280 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1281 { | |
| 1282 switch (ty) | |
| 1283 { | |
| 1284 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1285 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1286 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1287 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1288 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1289 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1290 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1291 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1292 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1293 } | |
| 1294 } | |
| 1295 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1296 { | |
| 1297 switch (ty) | |
| 1298 { | |
| 1299 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1300 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1301 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1302 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1303 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1304 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1305 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1306 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1307 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1308 } | |
| 1309 } | |
| 1310 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1311 { | |
| 1312 switch (ty) | |
| 1313 { | |
| 1314 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1315 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1316 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1317 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1318 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1319 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1320 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1321 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1322 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1323 } | |
| 1324 } | |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 Ldefault: | |
| 1327 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 Livalue: | |
| 1330 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1331 return e; | |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 Lfvalue: | |
| 1334 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1335 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1336 else | |
| 1337 { | |
| 1338 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1341 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1342 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1343 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1344 #else | |
| 1345 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1346 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1347 #endif | |
| 1348 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1349 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1350 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1351 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1352 } | |
| 1353 return e; | |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 Lint: | |
| 1356 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1357 return e; | |
| 1358 } | |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1361 { | |
| 1362 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1363 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1364 #endif | |
| 1365 Type *t; | |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1368 { | |
| 1369 switch (ty) | |
| 1370 { | |
| 1371 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1372 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1373 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1374 L1: | |
| 1375 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1376 break; | |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1379 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1380 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1381 break; | |
| 1382 | |
| 1383 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1384 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1385 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1386 L2: | |
| 1387 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1388 break; | |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 default: | |
| 1391 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1392 } | |
| 1393 } | |
| 1394 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1395 { Type *t2; | |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 switch (ty) | |
| 1398 { | |
| 1399 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1400 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1401 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1402 L3: | |
| 1403 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1404 e->type = t2; | |
| 1405 break; | |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1408 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1409 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1410 L4: | |
| 1411 e->type = t; | |
| 1412 break; | |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1415 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1416 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1417 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1418 break; | |
| 1419 | |
| 1420 default: | |
| 1421 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1422 } | |
| 1423 } | |
| 1424 else | |
| 1425 { | |
| 1426 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1427 } | |
| 1428 return e; | |
| 1429 } | |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1432 { dinteger_t value = 0; |
| 159 | 1433 |
| 1434 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1435 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1436 #endif | |
| 1437 switch (ty) | |
| 1438 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1439 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1440 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1441 |
| 159 | 1442 case Tchar: |
| 1443 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1444 break; | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 case Twchar: | |
| 1447 case Tdchar: | |
| 1448 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1449 break; | |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1452 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1453 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1454 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1455 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1456 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1457 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1458 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1459 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1460 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1461 } | |
| 1462 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1463 } | |
| 1464 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1465 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 1466 { |
| 1467 switch (ty) | |
| 1468 { | |
| 1469 case Tchar: | |
| 1470 case Twchar: | |
| 1471 case Tdchar: | |
| 1472 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1473 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1474 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1475 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1476 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1477 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1478 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1479 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1480 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1481 return 0; // no | |
| 1482 } | |
| 1483 return 1; // yes | |
| 1484 } | |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1487 { | |
| 1488 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1489 } | |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1492 { | |
| 1493 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1494 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1495 } | |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1498 { | |
| 1499 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1500 } | |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1503 { | |
| 1504 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1505 } | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1508 { | |
| 1509 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1510 } | |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1513 { | |
| 1514 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1515 } | |
| 1516 | |
| 1517 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1518 { | |
| 1519 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1520 } | |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1523 { | |
| 1524 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1525 } | |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1528 { | |
| 1529 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1530 if (this == to) | |
| 1531 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1534 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1587 | 1535 if (to->ty == Tbool) |
| 1536 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 159 | 1537 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) |
| 1538 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1541 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1542 { | |
| 1543 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1544 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1545 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1546 | |
| 1587 | 1547 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 1548 // If converting to integral |
| 1549 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1550 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1551 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1554 */ | |
| 1555 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1556 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1559 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1560 } | |
| 1587 | 1561 #endif |
| 159 | 1562 } |
| 1563 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1564 { | |
| 1565 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1566 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1567 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1572 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1573 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1576 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1577 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1578 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1581 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1582 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1583 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1584 } | |
| 1585 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1586 } | |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1589 { | |
| 1590 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1591 } | |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1596 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1597 { | |
| 1598 } | |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1601 { | |
| 1602 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1605 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1606 #endif | |
| 1607 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1608 { | |
| 1609 Expression *ec; | |
| 1610 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1611 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1612 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1613 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1614 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1615 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1616 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1617 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1618 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1619 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1620 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1621 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1622 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1623 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1624 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1625 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1626 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1627 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1628 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1629 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1630 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1631 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1632 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1633 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1634 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1635 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1636 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1637 } | |
| 1638 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1639 { | |
| 1640 Expression *ec; | |
| 1641 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1642 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1643 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1644 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1645 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1646 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1647 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1648 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1649 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1650 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1651 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1652 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1653 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1654 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1655 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1656 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1657 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1658 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1659 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1660 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1661 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1662 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1663 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1664 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1665 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1666 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1667 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1668 } | |
| 1669 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1670 { | |
| 1671 Expression *ec; | |
| 1672 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1673 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1674 int dup; | |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 assert(size); | |
| 1677 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1678 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1679 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1680 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1681 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1682 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1683 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1684 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1685 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1686 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1687 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1688 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1689 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1690 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1691 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1692 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1693 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1694 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1695 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1696 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1697 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1698 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1699 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1700 if (dup) | |
| 1701 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1702 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1703 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1704 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1705 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1706 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1707 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1708 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1709 |
| 159 | 1710 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1711 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1712 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1713 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1714 } | |
| 1715 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1716 { | |
| 1717 Expression *ec; | |
| 1718 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1719 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1720 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1721 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1722 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1723 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1724 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1725 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1726 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1727 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1728 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1729 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1730 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1731 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1732 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1733 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1734 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1735 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1736 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1737 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1738 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1739 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1740 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1741 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1742 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1743 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1744 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1745 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1746 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1747 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1748 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1749 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1750 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1751 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1752 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1753 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1754 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1755 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1756 } | |
| 1757 else | |
| 1758 { | |
| 1759 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 return e; | |
| 1762 } | |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1768 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1769 { | |
| 1770 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1771 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1772 } | |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1775 { | |
| 1776 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1777 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1778 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1779 return t; | |
| 1780 } | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1783 { dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 1784 |
| 1785 if (!dim) | |
| 1786 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1787 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1788 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1789 { | |
| 1790 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1791 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1792 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1793 } | |
| 1794 else | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1795 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1796 |
| 1797 n = next->size(); | |
| 1798 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1799 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1800 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1801 sz = n2; | |
| 1802 } | |
| 1803 return sz; | |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 Loverflow: | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1806 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1807 return 1; |
| 1808 } | |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1811 { | |
| 1812 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1813 } | |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 /************************** | |
| 1816 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1817 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1818 */ | |
| 1819 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1820 { | |
| 1821 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1822 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1823 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1824 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1827 | |
| 1828 sc->pop(); | |
| 1829 } | |
| 1830 else | |
| 1831 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1832 return exp; | |
| 1833 } | |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1836 { | |
| 1837 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1838 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1839 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 sc->pop(); | |
| 1844 return exp; | |
| 1845 } | |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1848 { | |
| 1849 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1850 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1851 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1852 if (*pe) | |
| 1853 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1854 Expression *e; | |
| 1855 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1856 *pe = e; | |
| 1857 } | |
| 1858 else if (*ps) | |
| 1859 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1860 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1861 if (td) | |
| 1862 { | |
| 1863 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1864 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1865 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1866 | |
| 1867 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1868 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1869 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1874 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1875 goto Ldefault; |
| 1876 } | |
| 1877 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1878 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1879 { | |
| 1880 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1881 return; | |
| 1882 } | |
| 1883 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1884 { | |
| 1885 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1886 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1887 return; | |
| 1888 } | |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1891 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1892 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1893 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1894 */ | |
| 1895 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1896 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1897 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1900 *ps = tds; | |
| 1901 } | |
| 1902 else | |
| 1903 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1904 } | |
| 1905 else | |
| 1906 { | |
| 1907 Ldefault: | |
| 1908 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1909 } | |
| 1910 } | |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1913 { | |
| 1914 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 Type *t; | |
| 1917 Expression *e; | |
| 1918 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1919 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1920 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1921 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1924 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1925 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1928 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1929 return Type::terror; |
| 1930 } | |
| 1931 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1932 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1933 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1934 return Type::terror; | |
| 1935 } | |
| 1936 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1937 return t; | |
| 1938 } | |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1941 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 if (dim) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1944 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1945 |
| 1946 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1949 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1950 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1951 { | |
| 1952 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1953 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1954 */ | |
| 1955 return this; | |
| 1956 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1957 dinteger_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1958 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); |
| 1959 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1960 dinteger_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1961 |
| 1962 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1963 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1966 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1967 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1968 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1969 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1970 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1971 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1972 { | |
| 1973 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1974 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1975 */ | |
| 1976 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1977 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1978 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1979 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1980 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1981 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1982 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1983 { | |
| 1984 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1985 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1986 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1987 } | |
| 1988 } | |
| 1989 } | |
| 1990 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1991 { | |
| 1992 case Ttuple: | |
| 1993 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1994 assert(dim); | |
| 1995 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1996 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1999 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 2000 return Type::terror; |
| 2001 } | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2002 Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; |
| 159 | 2003 return arg->type; |
| 2004 } | |
| 2005 case Tfunction: | |
| 2006 case Tnone: | |
| 2007 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2008 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 2009 break; | |
| 2010 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2011 if (tbn->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2012 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", tbn->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2013 return merge(); |
| 2014 } | |
| 2015 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2016 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2017 { |
| 2018 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2019 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2020 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 2021 if (next) |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2022 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2023 } |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2026 { | |
| 2027 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2028 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2029 return; | |
| 2030 } | |
| 2031 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2032 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 2033 } | |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2036 { | |
| 2037 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2038 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2039 #endif | |
| 2040 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2041 { | |
| 2042 e = dim; | |
| 2043 } | |
| 2044 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2045 { | |
| 2046 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2047 } | |
| 2048 else | |
| 2049 { | |
| 2050 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2051 } | |
| 2052 return e; | |
| 2053 } | |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 2056 { | |
| 2057 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2058 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2059 } | |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2062 { | |
| 2063 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2064 } | |
| 2065 | |
| 2066 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2067 { | |
| 2068 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2071 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2072 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2073 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2074 { | |
| 2075 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2076 } | |
| 2077 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2078 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2081 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2082 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2083 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2084 } | |
| 2085 #if 0 | |
| 2086 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2087 { | |
| 2088 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2091 { | |
| 2092 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2093 } | |
| 2094 } | |
| 2095 #endif | |
| 2096 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2097 } | |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2100 { | |
| 2101 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2102 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2103 #endif | |
| 2104 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2105 } | |
| 2106 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2107 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2108 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2109 return next->isZeroInit(loc); |
| 159 | 2110 } |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2114 { | |
| 2115 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2116 if (e) | |
| 2117 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2118 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2119 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2120 } | |
| 2121 return e; | |
| 2122 } | |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2125 { | |
| 2126 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2127 } | |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2132 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2133 { | |
| 2134 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2135 } | |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2138 { | |
| 2139 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2140 if (t == next) | |
| 2141 t = this; | |
| 2142 else | |
| 2143 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2144 return t; | |
| 2145 } | |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2148 { | |
| 2149 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2150 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2151 } | |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2154 { | |
| 2155 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2156 // boundary | |
| 2157 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2158 } | |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2161 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2164 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2165 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2166 { | |
| 2167 case Tfunction: | |
| 2168 case Tnone: | |
| 2169 case Ttuple: | |
| 2170 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2171 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2172 break; | |
| 2173 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2174 if (tn->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2175 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", tn->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2176 if (next != tn) |
| 2177 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2178 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2179 return merge(); | |
| 2180 } | |
| 2181 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2182 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2183 { |
| 2184 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2185 if (next) | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2186 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2187 } |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2190 { | |
| 2191 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2192 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2193 return; | |
| 2194 } | |
| 2195 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2196 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2197 } | |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2200 { | |
| 2201 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2202 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2203 #endif | |
| 2204 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2205 { | |
| 2206 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2207 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2210 } | |
| 2211 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2212 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2213 return e; | |
| 2214 } | |
| 2215 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2216 { | |
| 2217 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2218 return e; | |
| 2219 } | |
| 2220 else | |
| 2221 { | |
| 2222 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2223 } | |
| 2224 return e; | |
| 2225 } | |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2228 { | |
| 2229 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2230 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2231 } | |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2234 { | |
| 2235 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2238 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2239 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2240 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2241 { | |
| 2242 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2243 } | |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2246 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2249 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2250 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2251 } | |
| 2252 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2253 } | |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2256 { | |
| 2257 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2258 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2259 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2260 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2261 } |
| 2262 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2263 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2264 { |
| 2265 return 1; | |
| 2266 } | |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2269 { | |
| 2270 return TRUE; | |
| 2271 } | |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2274 { | |
| 2275 return TRUE; | |
| 2276 } | |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2281 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2282 { | |
| 2283 this->index = index; | |
| 2284 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2285 } | |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2288 { | |
| 2289 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2290 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2291 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2292 t = this; | |
| 2293 else | |
| 2294 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2295 return t; | |
| 2296 } | |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2299 { | |
| 2300 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2301 } | |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2305 { | |
| 2306 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2309 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2310 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2311 { | |
| 2312 Expression *e; | |
| 2313 Type *t; | |
| 2314 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2317 if (e) | |
| 2318 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2319 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2320 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2323 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2324 } | |
| 2325 else if (t) | |
| 2326 index = t; | |
| 2327 else | |
| 2328 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2329 } | |
| 2330 else | |
| 2331 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2334 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2335 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2336 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2337 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2338 { | |
| 2339 #if 0 | |
| 2340 case Tint8: | |
| 2341 case Tuns8: | |
| 2342 case Tint16: | |
| 2343 case Tuns16: | |
| 2344 key = tint32; | |
| 2345 break; | |
| 2346 #endif | |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 case Tsarray: | |
| 2349 #if 0 | |
| 2350 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2351 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2352 #endif | |
| 2353 break; | |
| 2354 case Tbit: | |
| 2355 case Tbool: | |
| 2356 case Tfunction: | |
| 2357 case Tvoid: | |
| 2358 case Tnone: | |
| 1587 | 2359 case Ttuple: |
| 159 | 2360 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); |
| 2361 break; | |
| 2362 } | |
| 2363 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2364 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2365 { | |
| 2366 case Tfunction: | |
| 2367 case Tnone: | |
| 2368 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2369 break; | |
| 2370 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2371 if (next->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2372 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", next->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2373 |
| 2374 return merge(); | |
| 2375 } | |
| 2376 | |
| 336 | 2377 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2378 { | |
| 2379 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2382 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2383 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2384 { | |
| 2385 Expression *e; | |
| 2386 Type *t; | |
| 2387 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2390 if (e) | |
| 2391 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2392 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2395 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2396 } | |
| 2397 else if (t) | |
| 2398 index = t; | |
| 2399 else | |
| 2400 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2401 } | |
| 2402 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2403 } | |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 | |
| 159 | 2406 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2407 { | |
| 2408 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2409 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2410 #endif | |
| 2411 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2412 { | |
| 2413 Expression *ec; | |
| 2414 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2415 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2416 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2417 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2418 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2419 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2420 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2421 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2422 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2423 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2424 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2425 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2426 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2427 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2428 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2429 } |
| 2430 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2431 { | |
| 2432 Expression *ec; | |
| 2433 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2434 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2437 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2438 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2439 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2440 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2441 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2442 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2443 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2444 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2445 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2446 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2447 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2448 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2449 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2450 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2451 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2452 } | |
| 2453 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2454 { | |
| 2455 Expression *ec; | |
| 2456 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2457 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2458 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2459 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2460 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2461 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2462 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2463 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2464 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2465 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2466 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2467 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2468 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2469 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2470 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2471 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2472 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2473 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2474 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2475 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2476 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2477 } | |
| 2478 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2479 { | |
| 2480 Expression *ec; | |
| 2481 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2482 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2483 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2484 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2485 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2486 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2487 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2488 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2489 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2490 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2491 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2492 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2493 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2494 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2495 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2496 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2497 e->type = this; | |
| 2498 } | |
| 2499 else | |
| 2500 { | |
| 2501 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2502 } | |
| 2503 return e; | |
| 2504 } | |
| 2505 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2506 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2507 { |
| 2508 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2509 index->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2510 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2511 } |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2514 { | |
| 2515 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2516 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2517 return; | |
| 2518 } | |
| 2519 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2520 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2521 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2522 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2523 } | |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2526 { | |
| 2527 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2528 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2529 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2530 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2531 } |
| 2532 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2533 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2534 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2535 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2536 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2537 |
| 159 | 2538 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2539 { | |
| 2540 return TRUE; | |
| 2541 } | |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2544 { | |
| 2545 return TRUE; | |
| 2546 } | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2551 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2552 { | |
| 2553 } | |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2556 { | |
| 2557 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2558 if (t == next) | |
| 2559 t = this; | |
| 2560 else | |
| 2561 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2562 return t; | |
| 2563 } | |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2566 { | |
| 1587 | 2567 if (deco) |
| 2568 return this; | |
| 2569 | |
| 159 | 2570 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); |
| 2571 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2572 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2573 { | |
| 2574 case Ttuple: | |
| 2575 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2576 n = tint32; | |
| 2577 break; | |
| 2578 } | |
| 2579 if (n != next) | |
| 2580 deco = NULL; | |
| 2581 next = n; | |
| 2582 return merge(); | |
| 2583 } | |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2587 { | |
| 2588 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2589 } | |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2592 { | |
| 2593 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2594 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2595 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2596 return; | |
| 2597 } | |
| 2598 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2599 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2600 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2601 } | |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2604 { | |
| 2605 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 if (this == to) | |
| 2608 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2609 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2610 { | |
| 2611 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2612 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 #if 0 | |
| 2615 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2616 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2617 #endif | |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2620 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2621 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2624 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2625 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2626 } | |
| 2627 } | |
| 2628 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2629 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2630 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2631 } | |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2634 { | |
| 2635 return TRUE; | |
| 2636 } | |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2639 { | |
| 2640 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2641 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2642 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2643 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2644 } |
| 2645 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2646 int TypePointer::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2647 { |
| 2648 return 1; | |
| 2649 } | |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2652 { | |
| 2653 return TRUE; | |
| 2654 } | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2660 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2661 { | |
| 2662 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2663 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2664 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2665 } | |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2668 { | |
| 2669 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2670 if (t == next) | |
| 2671 t = this; | |
| 2672 else | |
| 2673 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2674 return t; | |
| 2675 } | |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2678 { | |
| 2679 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2680 } | |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2683 { | |
| 2684 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2685 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2686 return; | |
| 2687 } | |
| 2688 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2689 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2690 } | |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2693 { | |
| 2694 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2695 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2696 #endif | |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 // References just forward things along | |
| 2699 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2700 } | |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2703 { | |
| 2704 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2705 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2706 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2707 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2708 } |
| 2709 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2710 int TypeReference::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2711 { |
| 2712 return 1; | |
| 2713 } | |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2717 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2718 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Parameters *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) |
| 159 | 2719 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) |
| 2720 { | |
| 2721 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2722 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2723 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2724 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2725 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2726 this->inuse = 0; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2727 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2728 #if IN_LLVM |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2729 this->funcdecl = NULL; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2730 #endif |
| 159 | 2731 } |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2734 { | |
| 2735 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2736 Parameters *params = Parameter::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2737 Type *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2738 return t; |
| 2739 } | |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 /******************************* | |
| 2742 * Returns: | |
| 2743 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2744 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2745 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2746 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2747 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2748 */ | |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2751 { | |
| 2752 #if 0 | |
| 2753 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2754 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2755 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2756 #endif | |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2761 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2762 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2763 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 { | |
| 2766 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2767 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2770 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2773 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2774 size_t dim = Parameter::dim(t1->parameters); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2775 if (dim != Parameter::dim(t2->parameters)) |
| 159 | 2776 goto Ldistinct; |
| 2777 | |
| 2778 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2779 { Parameter *arg1 = Parameter::getNth(t1->parameters, i); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2780 Parameter *arg2 = Parameter::getNth(t2->parameters, i); |
| 159 | 2781 |
| 2782 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2783 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2784 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2785 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2786 } | |
| 2787 } | |
| 2788 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2789 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 // The argument lists match | |
| 2792 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2793 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2794 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2795 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2798 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2799 | |
| 1587 | 2800 if (!t1n || !t2n) // happens with return type inference |
| 2801 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2802 | |
| 159 | 2803 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) |
| 2804 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2805 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2806 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2809 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2810 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2811 { | |
| 2812 return 3; | |
| 2813 } | |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2816 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2817 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2818 } | |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 Lcovariant: | |
| 2821 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2822 return 1; | |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 Ldistinct: | |
| 2825 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2826 return 0; | |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2829 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2830 return 2; | |
| 2831 } | |
| 2832 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2833 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2834 { unsigned char mc; |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2837 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2838 if (inuse) | |
| 2839 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2840 return; | |
| 2841 } | |
| 2842 inuse++; | |
| 2843 switch (linkage) | |
| 2844 { | |
| 2845 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2846 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2847 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2848 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2849 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2850 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2851 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2852 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2853 |
| 159 | 2854 default: |
| 2855 assert(0); | |
| 2856 } | |
| 2857 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2858 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2859 // LDC: if we're not producing a mangle string, add the this |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2860 // type to prevent merging different member function |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2861 if (!mangle && funcdecl) |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2862 { |
|
1282
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2863 if (funcdecl->needThis()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2864 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2865 AggregateDeclaration* ad = funcdecl->isMember2(); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2866 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2867 ad->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2868 } |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2869 /* BUG This causes problems with delegate types |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2870 On the other hand, the llvm type for nested functions *is* different |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2871 so not doing anything here may be lead to bugs! |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2872 A sane solution would be DtoType(Dsymbol)... |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2873 if (funcdecl->isNested()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2874 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2875 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2876 if (funcdecl->toParent2() && funcdecl->toParent2()->isFuncDeclaration()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2877 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2878 FuncDeclaration* fd = funcdecl->toParent2()->isFuncDeclaration(); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2879 fd->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2880 } |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2881 }*/ |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2882 } |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2883 |
| 159 | 2884 // Write argument types |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2885 Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters, mangle); |
| 159 | 2886 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); |
| 2887 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2888 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2889 inuse--; |
| 2890 } | |
| 2891 | |
| 2892 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2893 { | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2894 const char *p = NULL; |
| 159 | 2895 |
| 2896 if (inuse) | |
| 2897 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2898 return; | |
| 2899 } | |
| 2900 inuse++; | |
| 2901 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2902 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2903 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2904 { | |
| 2905 switch (linkage) | |
| 2906 { | |
| 2907 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2908 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2909 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2910 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2911 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2912 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2913 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2914 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2915 |
| 159 | 2916 default: |
| 2917 assert(0); | |
| 2918 } | |
| 2919 } | |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2922 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2923 if (ident) | |
| 2924 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2925 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2926 } | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2927 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); |
| 159 | 2928 inuse--; |
| 2929 } | |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2932 { | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2933 const char *p = NULL; |
| 159 | 2934 |
| 2935 if (inuse) | |
| 2936 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2937 return; | |
| 2938 } | |
| 2939 inuse++; | |
| 2940 if (next) | |
| 2941 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2942 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2943 { | |
| 2944 switch (linkage) | |
| 2945 { | |
| 2946 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 1587 | 2947 case LINKc: p = " C"; break; |
| 2948 case LINKwindows: p = " Windows"; break; | |
| 2949 case LINKpascal: p = " Pascal"; break; | |
| 2950 case LINKcpp: p = " C++"; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2951 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2952 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2953 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2954 |
| 159 | 2955 default: |
| 2956 assert(0); | |
| 2957 } | |
| 2958 } | |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2961 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2962 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2963 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); |
| 159 | 2964 inuse--; |
| 2965 } | |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2968 { | |
| 2969 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2970 { | |
| 2971 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2972 return this; | |
| 2973 } | |
| 2974 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2975 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() %s, sc->stc = %x\n", toChars(), sc->stc); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2976 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2977 /* Copy in order to not mess up original. |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2978 * This can produce redundant copies if inferring return type, |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2979 * as semantic() will get called again on this. |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2980 */ |
| 159 | 2981 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); |
| 2982 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2983 if (parameters) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2984 { tf->parameters = (Parameters *)parameters->copy(); |
| 159 | 2985 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2986 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)parameters->data[i]; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2987 Parameter *cpy = (Parameter *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Parameter)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2988 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Parameter)); |
| 159 | 2989 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; |
| 2990 } | |
| 2991 } | |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 1587 | 2994 if (tf->next) |
| 159 | 2995 { |
| 1587 | 2996 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2997 #if !SARRAYVALUE |
| 1587 | 2998 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) |
| 2999 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 3000 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 3001 } | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3002 #endif |
| 1587 | 3003 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) |
| 3004 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 3005 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 3006 } | |
| 3007 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 3008 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 3009 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 3010 } | |
| 3011 if (tf->next->isscope() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 3012 error(loc, "functions cannot return scope %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 3013 } | |
| 159 | 3014 |
| 3015 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 1587 | 3016 { |
| 3017 /* Create a scope for evaluating the default arguments for the parameters | |
| 3018 */ | |
| 3019 Scope *argsc = sc->push(); | |
| 3020 argsc->stc = 0; // don't inherit storage class | |
| 3021 argsc->protection = PROTpublic; | |
| 3022 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3023 size_t dim = Parameter::dim(tf->parameters); |
| 159 | 3024 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3025 { Parameter *fparam = Parameter::getNth(tf->parameters, i); |
| 159 | 3026 |
| 3027 tf->inuse++; | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3028 fparam->type = fparam->type->semantic(loc, argsc); |
| 159 | 3029 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3030 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3031 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3032 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3033 if (fparam->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3034 fparam->type = fparam->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3035 tf->inuse++; |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3036 fparam->type = fparam->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3037 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3038 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3039 |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3040 Type *t = fparam->type->toBasetype(); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3041 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3042 if (fparam->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) |
| 159 | 3043 { |
| 3044 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 3045 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 3046 } | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3047 if (!(fparam->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3048 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", fparam->type->toChars()); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3049 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3050 if (fparam->defaultArg) |
| 159 | 3051 { |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3052 fparam->defaultArg = fparam->defaultArg->semantic(argsc); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3053 fparam->defaultArg = resolveProperties(argsc, fparam->defaultArg); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3054 fparam->defaultArg = fparam->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(argsc, fparam->type); |
| 159 | 3055 } |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 3058 * change. | |
| 3059 */ | |
| 3060 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3061 { |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3062 // Propagate storage class from tuple parameters to their element-parameters. |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3063 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3064 if (tt->arguments) |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3065 { |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3066 size_t tdim = tt->arguments->dim; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3067 for (size_t j = 0; j < tdim; j++) |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3068 { Parameter *narg = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[j]; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3069 narg->storageClass = fparam->storageClass; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3070 } |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3071 } |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3072 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3073 /* Reset number of parameters, and back up one to do this arg again, |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3074 * now that it is the first element of a tuple |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3075 */ |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3076 dim = Parameter::dim(tf->parameters); |
| 159 | 3077 i--; |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3078 continue; |
| 159 | 3079 } |
| 3080 } | |
| 1587 | 3081 argsc->pop(); |
| 3082 } | |
| 3083 if (tf->next) | |
| 3084 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 159 | 3085 |
| 3086 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 3087 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 3088 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 3089 return terror; | |
| 3090 } | |
| 3091 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3092 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Parameter::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) |
| 159 | 3093 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 3096 * can be different | |
| 3097 * even though the types match | |
| 3098 */ | |
| 3099 return tf; | |
| 3100 } | |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 /******************************** | |
| 3103 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 3104 * Determine match level. | |
| 3105 * Returns: | |
| 3106 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 3107 */ | |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 3110 { | |
| 3111 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 3112 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 3113 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3114 size_t nparams = Parameter::dim(parameters); |
| 159 | 3115 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; |
| 3116 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3117 ; | |
| 3118 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3119 { | |
| 3120 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3121 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3122 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3123 } | |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3126 { int m; | |
| 3127 Expression *arg; | |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3130 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3131 Parameter *p = Parameter::getNth(parameters, u); |
| 159 | 3132 assert(p); |
| 3133 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3134 { | |
| 3135 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3136 continue; | |
| 3137 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3138 goto L1; | |
| 3139 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3140 } | |
| 3141 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3142 assert(arg); | |
| 3143 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3144 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3145 else | |
| 3146 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3147 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3148 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3149 { | |
| 3150 L1: | |
| 3151 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3152 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3153 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
3154 dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 3155 |
| 3156 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3157 { | |
| 3158 case Tsarray: | |
| 3159 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3160 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3161 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3162 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3163 case Tarray: | |
| 3164 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3165 { | |
| 3166 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3167 assert(arg); | |
| 3168 #if 1 | |
| 3169 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3170 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3171 */ | |
| 3172 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3173 if (tret) | |
| 3174 { | |
| 3175 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3176 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3177 } | |
| 3178 else | |
| 3179 { | |
| 3180 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3181 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3182 { | |
| 3183 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3184 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3185 } | |
| 3186 } | |
| 3187 } | |
| 3188 else | |
| 3189 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3190 #else | |
| 3191 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3192 #endif | |
| 3193 if (m == 0) | |
| 3194 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3195 if (m < match) | |
| 3196 match = m; | |
| 3197 } | |
| 3198 goto Ldone; | |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 case Tclass: | |
| 3201 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3202 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3203 goto Ldone; | |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 default: | |
| 3206 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3207 } | |
| 3208 } | |
| 3209 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3210 } | |
| 3211 if (m < match) | |
| 3212 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3213 } | |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 Ldone: | |
| 3216 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3217 return match; | |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 Nomatch: | |
| 3220 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3221 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3222 } | |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3225 { | |
| 3226 if (parameters) | |
| 3227 { | |
| 3228 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3229 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)parameters->data[i]; |
| 159 | 3230 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); |
| 3231 if (t) | |
| 3232 return t; | |
| 3233 } | |
| 3234 } | |
| 3235 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3236 } | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3241 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3242 { | |
| 3243 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3244 } | |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3247 { | |
| 3248 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3249 if (t == next) | |
| 3250 t = this; | |
| 3251 else | |
| 3252 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3253 return t; | |
| 3254 } | |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3257 { | |
| 3258 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3259 { | |
| 3260 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3261 return this; | |
| 3262 } | |
| 3263 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3264 return merge(); | |
| 3265 } | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3268 { | |
| 3269 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3270 } | |
| 3271 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3272 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3273 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3274 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3275 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3276 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3277 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3278 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3279 |
| 159 | 3280 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3281 { | |
| 3282 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3283 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3284 return; | |
| 3285 } | |
| 3286 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3289 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3290 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); |
| 159 | 3291 } |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3294 { | |
| 3295 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3296 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3297 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
3298 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 3299 } |
| 3300 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
3301 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 3302 { |
| 3303 return 1; | |
| 3304 } | |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3307 { | |
| 3308 return TRUE; | |
| 3309 } | |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3312 { | |
| 3313 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3314 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3315 #endif | |
| 3316 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3317 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3318 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3319 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3320 return e; | |
| 3321 } | |
| 3322 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3323 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3324 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3325 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3326 return e; |
| 3327 } | |
| 3328 else | |
| 3329 { | |
| 3330 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3331 } | |
| 3332 return e; | |
| 3333 } | |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3336 { | |
| 3337 return TRUE; | |
| 3338 } | |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 | |
| 3342 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3345 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3346 { | |
| 3347 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3348 } | |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3351 { | |
| 3352 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3353 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3354 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3355 { | |
| 3356 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3357 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3358 { | |
| 3359 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3362 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3363 } | |
| 3364 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3365 } | |
| 3366 } | |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3370 { | |
| 3371 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3372 } | |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3375 { | |
| 3376 int i; | |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3379 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3382 | |
| 3383 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3384 { | |
| 3385 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3386 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3387 } | |
| 3388 else | |
| 3389 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3390 } | |
| 3391 } | |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3394 { | |
| 3395 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3396 return 1; | |
| 3397 } | |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 /************************************* | |
| 3400 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3401 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3402 * Output: | |
| 3403 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3404 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3405 */ | |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3408 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3409 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3410 { | |
| 3411 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3412 int i; | |
| 3413 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3414 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3415 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3416 Type *t; | |
| 3417 Expression *e; | |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 #if 0 | |
| 3420 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3421 if (scopesym) | |
| 3422 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3423 #endif | |
| 3424 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3425 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3426 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3427 if (s) | |
| 3428 { | |
| 3429 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3430 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3431 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3432 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3433 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3434 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3437 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3438 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3439 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3440 if (!sm) | |
| 3441 { | |
| 3442 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3443 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3444 { | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
3445 if (v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->getExpInitializer()) |
| 159 | 3446 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; |
| 3447 } | |
| 3448 else | |
| 3449 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3450 t = e->type; | |
| 3451 if (!t) | |
| 3452 goto Lerror; | |
| 3453 goto L3; | |
| 3454 } | |
| 1587 | 3455 else if (v && id == Id::stringof) |
| 3456 { | |
| 3457 e = new DsymbolExp(loc, s); | |
| 3458 do | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3461 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3462 } while (++i < idents.dim); | |
| 3463 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 3464 *pe = e; | |
| 3465 return; | |
| 3466 } | |
| 3467 | |
| 159 | 3468 t = s->getType(); |
| 3469 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3470 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3471 if (t) | |
| 3472 { | |
| 3473 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3474 if (sm) | |
| 3475 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3476 if (sm) | |
| 3477 goto L2; | |
| 3478 } | |
| 3479 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3480 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3481 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3482 i++; | |
| 3483 L3: | |
| 3484 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3485 { | |
| 3486 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3487 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3488 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3489 } | |
| 3490 *pe = e; | |
| 3491 } | |
| 3492 else | |
| 3493 Lerror: | |
| 3494 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3495 return; | |
| 3496 } | |
| 3497 L2: | |
| 3498 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3499 } | |
| 3500 | |
| 3501 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3502 if (v) | |
| 3503 { | |
| 3504 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
3505 if (v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->getExpInitializer()) |
| 159 | 3506 { |
| 3507 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3508 assert(ei); | |
| 3509 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3510 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3511 } | |
| 3512 else | |
| 3513 { | |
| 3514 #if 0 | |
| 3515 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3516 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3517 { | |
| 3518 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3519 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3520 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3521 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3522 } | |
| 3523 else | |
| 3524 #endif | |
| 3525 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3526 } | |
| 3527 return; | |
| 3528 } | |
| 3529 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3530 if (em) | |
| 3531 { | |
| 3532 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3533 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3534 return; | |
| 3535 } | |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 L1: | |
| 3538 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3539 if (!t) | |
| 3540 { | |
| 3541 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3542 Import *si; | |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3545 if (si) | |
| 3546 { | |
| 3547 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3548 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3549 goto L1; | |
| 3550 s = si; | |
| 3551 } | |
| 3552 *ps = s; | |
| 3553 return; | |
| 3554 } | |
| 3555 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3556 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3557 return; | |
| 3558 } | |
| 3559 | |
| 3560 if (t != this) | |
| 3561 { | |
| 3562 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3563 { | |
| 1587 | 3564 if (s->scope) |
| 3565 t = t->semantic(loc, s->scope); | |
| 3566 else | |
| 159 | 3567 { |
| 1587 | 3568 /* Attempt to find correct scope in which to evaluate t. |
| 3569 * Not sure if this is right or not, or if we should just | |
| 3570 * give forward reference error if s->scope is not set. | |
| 3571 */ | |
| 3572 for (Scope *scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3573 { | |
| 3574 if (!scx) | |
| 3575 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3576 return; | |
| 3577 } | |
| 3578 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3579 { | |
| 3580 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3581 break; | |
| 3582 } | |
| 159 | 3583 } |
| 3584 } | |
| 3585 } | |
| 3586 } | |
| 3587 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3588 *pt = t; |
| 1587 | 3589 else if (t->ty == Ttypeof) |
| 3590 *pt = t->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 3591 else |
| 3592 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3593 } | |
| 3594 if (!s) | |
| 3595 { | |
| 3596 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 } | |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3603 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3604 { | |
| 3605 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3606 } | |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3610 { | |
| 3611 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3614 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3615 return t; | |
| 3616 } | |
| 3617 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3618 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 3619 { unsigned len; |
| 3620 char *name; | |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3623 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3624 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3625 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3626 } | |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3629 { | |
| 3630 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3631 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3632 return; | |
| 3633 } | |
| 3634 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3635 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3636 } | |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 /************************************* | |
| 3639 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3640 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3641 * Output: | |
| 3642 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3643 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3644 */ | |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3647 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3648 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3651 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3652 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3653 } | |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 /***************************************** | |
| 3656 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3657 * return that symbol. | |
| 3658 */ | |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3661 { | |
| 3662 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3663 if (!sc) | |
| 3664 return NULL; | |
| 3665 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3668 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3669 if (s) | |
| 3670 { | |
| 3671 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3672 { | |
| 3673 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3674 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3675 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3676 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3677 break; | |
| 3678 } | |
| 3679 } | |
| 3680 } | |
| 3681 return s; | |
| 3682 } | |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3685 { | |
| 3686 Type *t; | |
| 3687 Expression *e; | |
| 3688 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3689 | |
| 3690 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3691 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3692 if (t) | |
| 3693 { | |
| 3694 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3697 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3700 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3701 } | |
| 3702 } | |
| 3703 else | |
| 3704 { | |
| 3705 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3706 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3707 printf("1: "); | |
| 3708 #endif | |
| 3709 if (s) | |
| 3710 { | |
| 3711 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3712 } | |
| 3713 else | |
| 3714 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3715 t = tvoid; | |
| 3716 } | |
| 3717 //t->print(); | |
| 3718 return t; | |
| 3719 } | |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3722 { | |
| 3723 return this; | |
| 3724 } | |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3727 { | |
| 3728 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3729 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3730 { | |
| 3731 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3732 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3733 } | |
| 3734 | |
| 3735 return e; | |
| 3736 } | |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3741 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3742 { | |
| 3743 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3744 } | |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3747 { | |
| 3748 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3749 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3752 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3753 return t; | |
| 3754 } | |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3758 { | |
| 3759 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3760 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3761 return; | |
| 3762 } | |
| 3763 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3764 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3765 } | |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3768 { | |
| 3769 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3774 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3775 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 #if 0 | |
| 3778 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3779 { | |
| 3780 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3781 return; | |
| 3782 } | |
| 3783 #endif | |
| 3784 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3785 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3786 s = tempinst; | |
| 3787 if (s) | |
| 3788 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3789 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3790 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3791 } | |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3794 { | |
| 3795 Type *t; | |
| 3796 Expression *e; | |
| 3797 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3800 | |
| 3801 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3802 { | |
| 3803 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3804 global.gag++; | |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 global.gag--; | |
| 3809 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3810 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3811 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3812 return this; | |
| 3813 } | |
| 3814 } | |
| 3815 else | |
| 3816 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 if (!t) | |
| 3819 { | |
| 3820 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 1587 | 3821 if (s) printf("s = %s\n", s->kind()); |
| 3822 printf("2: e:%p s:%p ", e, s); | |
| 159 | 3823 #endif |
| 3824 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3825 t = tvoid; | |
| 3826 } | |
| 3827 return t; | |
| 3828 } | |
| 3829 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3830 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3831 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3832 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3833 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3834 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3835 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3836 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3837 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3838 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3839 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3840 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3841 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3842 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3843 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3844 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3845 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3846 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3847 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3848 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3849 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3850 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3851 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3852 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3853 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3854 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3855 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3856 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3857 |
| 159 | 3858 |
| 3859 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3862 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3863 { | |
| 3864 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3865 } | |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3868 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3869 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3870 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3873 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3874 return t; | |
| 3875 } | |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3878 { | |
| 3879 Type *t; | |
| 3880 | |
| 336 | 3881 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3882 if (t == this) |
| 3883 return NULL; | |
| 3884 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3885 } | |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3888 { | |
| 3889 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3890 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3891 return; | |
| 3892 } | |
| 3893 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3894 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3895 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3896 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3897 } | |
| 3898 | |
| 1587 | 3899 void TypeTypeof::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 3900 { | |
| 3901 assert(0); | |
| 3902 } | |
| 3903 | |
| 159 | 3904 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3905 { Expression *e; | |
| 3906 Type *t; | |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3909 | |
| 3910 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 #if 0 | |
| 3913 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3914 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3915 */ | |
| 3916 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3917 { | |
| 3918 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3919 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3920 { | |
| 3921 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3922 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3923 | |
| 3924 if (!s) | |
| 3925 { | |
| 3926 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3927 goto Lerr; | |
| 3928 } | |
| 3929 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3930 if (cd) | |
| 3931 { | |
| 3932 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3933 { | |
| 3934 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3935 if (!cd) | |
| 3936 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3937 goto Lerr; | |
| 3938 } | |
| 3939 } | |
| 3940 t = cd->type; | |
| 3941 break; | |
| 3942 } | |
| 3943 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3944 if (sd) | |
| 3945 { | |
| 3946 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3947 { | |
| 3948 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3949 goto Lerr; | |
| 3950 } | |
| 3951 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3952 break; | |
| 3953 } | |
| 3954 } | |
| 3955 } | |
| 3956 else | |
| 3957 #endif | |
| 3958 { | |
| 3959 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3960 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3961 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3962 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3963 { | |
| 3964 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
|
1612
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3965 goto Lerr; |
| 336 | 3966 } |
| 159 | 3967 t = exp->type; |
| 3968 if (!t) | |
| 3969 { | |
| 3970 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3971 goto Lerr; | |
| 3972 } | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
3973 if (t->ty == Ttypeof) |
|
1612
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3974 { error(loc, "forward reference to %s", toChars()); |
|
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3975 goto Lerr; |
|
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3976 } |
| 159 | 3977 } |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3980 { | |
| 3981 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3982 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3983 { | |
| 3984 if (!s) | |
| 3985 break; | |
| 3986 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3987 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3988 } | |
| 3989 if (s) | |
| 3990 { | |
| 3991 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3992 if (!t) | |
| 3993 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3994 goto Lerr; | |
| 3995 } | |
| 3996 } | |
| 3997 else | |
| 3998 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3999 goto Lerr; | |
| 4000 } | |
| 4001 } | |
| 4002 return t; | |
| 4003 | |
| 4004 Lerr: | |
|
1612
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
4005 return terror; |
| 159 | 4006 } |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4009 { | |
| 4010 if (exp->type) | |
| 4011 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 4012 else | |
| 4013 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 4014 } | |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4021 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 4022 { | |
| 4023 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4024 } | |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 4027 { | |
| 4028 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4029 } | |
| 4030 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4031 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4032 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4033 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4034 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4035 |
| 159 | 4036 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 4037 { | |
| 1587 | 4038 //sym->semantic(sc); |
| 159 | 4039 return merge(); |
| 4040 } | |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4043 { | |
| 4044 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4045 { | |
| 4046 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4047 return 4; | |
| 4048 } | |
| 4049 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 4053 { | |
| 4054 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4055 { | |
| 4056 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4057 printf("1: "); | |
| 4058 #endif | |
| 4059 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4060 return 4; | |
| 4061 } | |
| 4062 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 4063 } | |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4066 { | |
| 4067 return sym; | |
| 4068 } | |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 4071 { | |
|
1623
1d48eced441f
Merge DMD r317: bugzilla 3611 Enum forward referencing regression
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1621
diff
changeset
|
4072 if (sym->scope) |
|
1630
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4073 { // Enum is forward referenced. We don't need to resolve the whole thing, |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4074 // just the base type |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4075 if (sym->memtype) |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4076 { sym->memtype = sym->memtype->semantic(sym->loc, sym->scope); |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4077 } |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4078 else |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4079 { if (!sym->isAnonymous()) |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4080 sym->memtype = Type::tint32; |
|
44b145be2ef5
Merge dmd 1.056.
Robert Clipsham <robert@octarineparrot.com>
parents:
1627
diff
changeset
|
4081 } |
|
1623
1d48eced441f
Merge DMD r317: bugzilla 3611 Enum forward referencing regression
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1621
diff
changeset
|
4082 } |
| 159 | 4083 if (!sym->memtype) |
| 4084 { | |
| 4085 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4086 printf("2: "); | |
| 4087 #endif | |
| 4088 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4089 return terror; |
| 159 | 4090 } |
| 4091 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4092 } | |
| 4093 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4094 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4095 { char *name; |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4098 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4099 // name += 2; | |
| 4100 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4101 } | |
| 4102 | |
| 4103 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4104 { | |
| 4105 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4106 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4107 return; | |
| 4108 } | |
| 4109 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4110 } | |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4113 { | |
| 4114 EnumMember *m; | |
| 4115 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4116 Expression *em; | |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4119 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4120 #endif | |
| 4121 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4122 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4123 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 4124 if (!s) | |
| 4125 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4126 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4127 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4128 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4129 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4130 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4131 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4132 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4133 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4134 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4135 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 4136 } |
| 4137 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4138 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 4139 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 4140 return em; | |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 Lfwd: | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4143 error(e->loc, "forward reference of enum %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4144 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, Type::terror); |
| 159 | 4145 } |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4148 { Expression *e; | |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 4151 { | |
| 4152 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4153 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4154 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 4155 } | |
| 4156 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4157 { | |
| 4158 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4159 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4160 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4161 } | |
| 4162 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4165 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4166 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4167 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4168 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4169 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4170 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4171 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4172 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4173 } |
| 159 | 4174 else |
| 4175 { | |
| 4176 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4177 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4178 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4179 } | |
| 4180 return e; | |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 Lfwd: | |
| 4183 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4184 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4185 } | |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4188 { | |
| 4189 return 1; | |
| 4190 } | |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4193 { | |
| 4194 return 0; | |
| 4195 } | |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4200 } | |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4203 { | |
| 4204 return 1; | |
| 4205 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4206 } | |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4209 { MATCH m; | |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4212 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4213 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4214 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4215 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4216 else | |
| 4217 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4218 return m; | |
| 4219 } | |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4222 { | |
| 4223 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4224 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4225 #endif | |
| 4226 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4227 Expression *e; | |
| 4228 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4229 return e; | |
| 4230 } | |
| 4231 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4232 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4233 { |
| 4234 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4235 } | |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4238 { | |
| 4239 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4240 } | |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4245 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4246 { | |
| 4247 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4248 } | |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4251 { | |
| 4252 return this; | |
| 4253 } | |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4256 { | |
| 4257 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4258 } | |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4261 { | |
| 4262 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4263 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4264 return merge(); | |
| 4265 } | |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4268 { | |
| 4269 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4270 } | |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4273 { | |
| 4274 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4275 } | |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4278 { | |
| 4279 return sym; | |
| 4280 } | |
| 4281 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4282 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4283 { unsigned len; |
| 4284 char *name; | |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4287 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4288 // name += 2; | |
| 4289 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4290 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4291 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4292 } | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4295 { | |
| 4296 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4297 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4298 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4299 return; | |
| 4300 } | |
| 4301 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4302 } | |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4305 { | |
| 4306 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4307 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4308 #endif | |
| 4309 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4310 { | |
| 4311 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4312 } | |
| 4313 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4314 } | |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4317 { | |
| 4318 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4319 { | |
| 4320 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4321 } | |
| 4322 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4323 } | |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4326 { | |
| 4327 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4328 } | |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4331 { | |
| 4332 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4333 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4334 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4335 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4336 } | |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4339 { | |
| 4340 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4341 } | |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4344 { | |
| 4345 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4346 } | |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4349 { | |
| 4350 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4351 } | |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4354 { | |
| 4355 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4356 } | |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4359 { | |
| 4360 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4361 } | |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4364 { | |
| 4365 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4366 } | |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4369 { | |
| 4370 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4371 } | |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4374 { | |
| 4375 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4376 { | |
| 4377 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4378 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4379 return Type::terror; | |
| 4380 } | |
| 4381 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4382 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4383 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4384 return t; | |
| 4385 } | |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4388 { MATCH m; | |
| 4389 | |
| 4390 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4391 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4392 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4393 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4394 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4395 else | |
| 4396 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4397 return m; | |
| 4398 } | |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4401 { Expression *e; | |
| 4402 Type *bt; | |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4405 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4406 #endif | |
| 4407 if (sym->init) | |
| 4408 { | |
| 4409 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4410 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4411 } | |
| 4412 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4413 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4414 e->type = this; | |
| 4415 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4416 { | |
| 4417 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4418 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4419 } | |
| 4420 return e; | |
| 4421 } | |
| 4422 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4423 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4424 { |
| 4425 if (sym->init) | |
| 4426 { | |
| 4427 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4428 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4429 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4430 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4431 return 1; | |
| 4432 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4433 } | |
| 4434 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4435 { | |
| 4436 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4437 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4438 } | |
| 4439 sym->inuse = 1; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4440 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(loc); |
| 159 | 4441 sym->inuse = 0; |
| 4442 return result; | |
| 4443 } | |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4446 { | |
| 4447 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4448 } | |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4453 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4454 { | |
| 4455 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4456 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4457 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4458 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4459 } |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4462 { | |
| 4463 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4464 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4465 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4466 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4467 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4468 } | |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4471 { | |
| 4472 return this; | |
| 4473 } | |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4476 { | |
| 4477 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4480 * be right. | |
| 4481 */ | |
| 4482 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4483 | |
| 4484 return merge(); | |
| 4485 } | |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4488 { | |
| 4489 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4490 } | |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4493 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4496 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4497 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4498 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4499 return sz; | |
| 4500 } | |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4503 { | |
| 4504 return sym; | |
| 4505 } | |
| 4506 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4507 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4508 { unsigned len; |
| 4509 char *name; | |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4512 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4513 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4514 // name += 2; | |
| 4515 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4516 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4517 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4518 } | |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4521 { | |
| 4522 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4523 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4524 return; | |
| 4525 } | |
| 4526 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4527 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4528 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4529 else | |
| 4530 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4531 } | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4534 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 Expression *b; | |
| 4537 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4538 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4539 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4540 Declaration *d; | |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4543 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4544 #endif | |
| 4545 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4546 { | |
| 4547 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4548 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4549 } | |
| 4550 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4551 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4552 */ |
| 159 | 4553 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4554 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4555 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4556 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4557 */ |
| 336 | 4558 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4559 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4560 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4561 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4562 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4563 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4564 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4565 } | |
| 4566 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4567 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4568 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4569 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4570 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4571 return e; |
| 4572 } | |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4575 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4578 { | |
| 4579 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4582 e = de->e1; | |
| 4583 goto L1; | |
| 4584 } | |
| 4585 } | |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4588 L1: | |
| 4589 if (!s) | |
| 4590 { | |
| 4591 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4592 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4593 } | |
| 336 | 4594 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4595 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4596 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
4599 if (v && v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4600 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 if (ei) | |
| 4603 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4604 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4605 return e; | |
| 4606 } | |
| 4607 } | |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4610 { | |
| 4611 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4612 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4613 } | |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4616 if (em) | |
| 4617 { | |
| 4618 assert(em->value); | |
| 4619 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4620 } | |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4623 if (tm) | |
| 4624 { Expression *de; | |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4627 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4628 return de; | |
| 4629 } | |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4632 if (td) | |
| 4633 { | |
| 4634 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4635 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4636 return e; | |
| 4637 } | |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4640 if (ti) | |
| 1587 | 4641 { if (!ti->semanticRun) |
| 1640 | 4642 { |
| 4643 if (global.errors) | |
| 4644 return new ErrorExp(); // TemplateInstance::semantic() will fail anyway | |
| 159 | 4645 ti->semantic(sc); |
| 1640 | 4646 } |
| 159 | 4647 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); |
| 4648 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4649 goto L1; | |
| 4650 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4651 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4652 return de; | |
| 4653 } | |
| 4654 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4655 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4656 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4657 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4658 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4659 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4660 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4661 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4662 |
| 159 | 4663 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4664 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4665 if (!d) | |
| 4666 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4667 #endif | |
| 4668 assert(d); | |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4671 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4674 { | |
| 4675 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4676 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4677 return e; | |
| 4678 } | |
| 4679 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4680 { | |
| 4681 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4682 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4683 return e; | |
| 4684 } | |
| 4685 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4686 } | |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4689 { | |
| 4690 // (e, d) | |
| 4691 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4694 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4695 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4696 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4697 return e; | |
| 4698 } | |
| 4699 | |
| 4700 if (v) | |
| 4701 { | |
| 4702 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4703 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4706 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4707 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4708 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4709 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4710 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4711 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4712 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4713 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4714 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4715 #endif |
| 159 | 4716 } |
| 4717 | |
| 4718 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4719 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4720 } | |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4723 { | |
| 4724 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4725 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4726 } | |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
4729 { |
| 159 | 4730 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT |
| 4731 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4732 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
4733 Declaration *d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4734 assert(d); |
| 4735 d->type = this; | |
| 4736 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4737 } | |
| 4738 | |
|
1627
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4739 /*************************************** |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4740 * Use when we prefer the default initializer to be a literal, |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4741 * rather than a global immutable variable. |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4742 */ |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4743 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInitLiteral(Loc loc) |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4744 { |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4745 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4746 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInitLiteral() '%s'\n", toChars()); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4747 #endif |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4748 Expressions *structelems = new Expressions(); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4749 structelems->setDim(sym->fields.dim); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4750 for (size_t j = 0; j < structelems->dim; j++) |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4751 { |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4752 VarDeclaration *vd = (VarDeclaration *)(sym->fields.data[j]); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4753 Expression *e; |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4754 if (vd->init) |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4755 e = vd->init->toExpression(); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4756 else |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4757 e = vd->type->defaultInitLiteral(); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4758 structelems->data[j] = e; |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4759 } |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4760 StructLiteralExp *structinit = new StructLiteralExp(loc, (StructDeclaration *)sym, structelems); |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4761 // Why doesn't the StructLiteralExp constructor do this, when |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4762 // sym->type != NULL ? |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4763 structinit->type = sym->type; |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4764 return structinit; |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4765 } |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4766 |
|
e83f0778c260
Merge DMD r321: bugzilla 3575 CTFE: member structs not initialized correctly
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1626
diff
changeset
|
4767 |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4768 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4769 { |
| 4770 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4771 } | |
| 4772 | |
| 4773 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4774 { | |
| 4775 return FALSE; | |
| 4776 } | |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4779 { | |
| 4780 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4783 if (s->members) | |
| 4784 { | |
| 4785 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4786 { | |
| 4787 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4788 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4789 return TRUE; | |
| 4790 } | |
| 4791 } | |
| 4792 return FALSE; | |
| 4793 } | |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 | |
| 4796 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4797 | |
| 4798 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4799 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4800 { | |
| 4801 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4802 } | |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4805 { | |
| 1587 | 4806 return (char *)sym->toPrettyChars(); |
| 159 | 4807 } |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4810 { | |
| 4811 return this; | |
| 4812 } | |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4815 { | |
| 4816 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 1587 | 4817 if (deco) |
| 4818 return this; | |
| 159 | 4819 return merge(); |
| 4820 } | |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4823 { | |
| 4824 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4825 } | |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4828 { | |
| 4829 return sym; | |
| 4830 } | |
| 4831 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4832 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4833 { unsigned len; |
| 4834 char *name; | |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4837 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4838 // name += 2; | |
| 4839 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4840 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4841 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4842 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4843 } | |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4846 { | |
| 4847 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4848 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4849 return; | |
| 4850 } | |
| 4851 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4852 } | |
| 4853 | |
| 4854 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4855 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 Expression *b; | |
| 4858 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4859 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4860 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4861 Declaration *d; | |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4864 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4865 #endif | |
| 4866 | |
| 4867 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4868 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4869 | |
| 4870 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4871 { | |
| 4872 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4875 e = de->e1; | |
| 4876 goto L1; | |
| 4877 } | |
| 4878 } | |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4881 { | |
| 4882 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4883 */ | |
| 336 | 4884 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4885 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4886 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4887 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4888 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4889 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4890 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4891 } | |
| 4892 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4893 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4894 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4895 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4896 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4897 return e; |
| 4898 } | |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4901 L1: | |
| 4902 if (!s) | |
| 4903 { | |
| 4904 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4905 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4906 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4907 { | |
| 4908 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4909 { | |
| 4910 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4911 return e; | |
| 4912 } | |
| 4913 } | |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4916 { | |
| 4917 Type *t; | |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4920 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4921 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4922 { | |
| 4923 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4924 * at compile time. | |
| 4925 */ | |
| 4926 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4927 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4928 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4929 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4930 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4931 } | |
| 4932 else | |
| 4933 { | |
| 4934 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4935 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4936 */ | |
| 4937 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 Type* ct; | |
| 4940 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4941 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4942 } | |
| 4943 else { | |
| 4944 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4945 } | |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4948 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4949 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4950 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4951 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4954 { | |
| 4955 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4956 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4957 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4958 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4959 */ | |
| 4960 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4961 } | |
| 4962 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4963 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4964 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4965 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4966 */ | |
| 4967 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4968 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4969 } | |
| 336 | 4970 } |
| 159 | 4971 |
| 4972 #else | |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4975 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4976 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4977 { | |
| 4978 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4979 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4980 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4981 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4982 */ | |
| 4983 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4984 } | |
| 4985 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4986 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4987 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4988 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4989 */ | |
| 4990 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4991 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4992 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4993 } | |
| 4994 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4995 } |
| 4996 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4997 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4998 |
| 4999 return e; | |
| 5000 } | |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 5003 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 5004 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 5005 */ | |
| 5006 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 5007 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 5008 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 5009 return e; | |
| 5010 } | |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 5013 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 5014 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 5015 */ | |
| 5016 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 5017 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 5018 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 5019 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 5020 return e; |
| 5021 } | |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 5024 { | |
| 5025 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 5026 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 5027 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 5028 } | |
| 5029 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 5030 { | |
| 5031 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 5032 } | |
| 5033 else | |
| 5034 { | |
| 5035 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 5036 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 5037 } | |
| 5038 } | |
| 336 | 5039 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 5040 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 5041 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 5042 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
5043 if (v && v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 5044 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 if (ei) | |
| 5047 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 5048 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 5049 return e; | |
| 5050 } | |
| 5051 } | |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 if (s->getType()) | |
| 5054 { | |
| 5055 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 5056 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 5057 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 5058 } | |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 5061 if (em) | |
| 5062 { | |
| 5063 assert(em->value); | |
| 5064 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 5065 } | |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 5068 if (tm) | |
| 5069 { Expression *de; | |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 5072 de->type = e->type; | |
| 5073 return de; | |
| 5074 } | |
| 5075 | |
| 5076 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 5077 if (td) | |
| 5078 { | |
| 5079 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 5080 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 5081 return e; | |
| 5082 } | |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 5085 if (ti) | |
| 1587 | 5086 { if (!ti->semanticRun) |
| 1640 | 5087 { |
| 5088 if (global.errors) | |
| 5089 return new ErrorExp(); // TemplateInstance::semantic() will fail anyway | |
| 159 | 5090 ti->semantic(sc); |
| 1640 | 5091 } |
| 159 | 5092 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); |
| 5093 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 5094 goto L1; | |
| 5095 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 5096 de->type = e->type; | |
| 5097 return de; | |
| 5098 } | |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 5101 if (!d) | |
| 5102 { | |
| 5103 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5104 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5105 } | |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 5108 { | |
| 1587 | 5109 /* It's: |
| 5110 * Class.d | |
| 5111 */ | |
| 5112 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 5113 { | |
| 5114 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 5115 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 5116 return e; | |
| 5117 } | |
| 5118 else if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !(sc->intypeof || d->isFuncDeclaration()))) | |
| 159 | 5119 { |
| 5120 if (sc->func) | |
| 5121 { | |
| 5122 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 5123 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 if (thiscd) | |
| 5126 { | |
| 5127 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 5130 { | |
| 5131 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 5132 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 5133 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5134 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5135 return e; | |
| 5136 } | |
| 5137 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 5138 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 5139 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 5140 } | |
| 5141 } | |
| 5142 | |
| 5143 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 5144 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5145 return e; | |
| 5146 } | |
| 1587 | 5147 else |
| 159 | 5148 { |
| 1587 | 5149 VarExp *ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); |
| 5150 return ve; | |
| 159 | 5151 } |
| 5152 } | |
| 5153 | |
| 5154 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 5155 { | |
| 5156 // (e, d) | |
| 5157 VarExp *ve; | |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 5160 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5161 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5162 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5163 return e; | |
| 5164 } | |
| 5165 | |
| 5166 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 5167 { | |
| 5168 // (e, d) | |
| 5169 VarExp *ve; | |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5172 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5173 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5174 return e; | |
| 5175 } | |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5178 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5179 } | |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 5182 { | |
| 5183 return sym; | |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5186 int TypeClass::isscope() |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5187 { |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5188 return sym->isscope; |
| 159 | 5189 } |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 5192 { | |
| 5193 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 5194 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5197 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5198 return 1; | |
| 5199 } | |
| 5200 return 0; | |
| 5201 } | |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5204 { | |
| 5205 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5206 if (this == to) | |
| 5207 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5210 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5211 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5212 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5213 } | |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5216 { | |
| 5217 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5218 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5219 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5220 } | |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5223 } | |
| 5224 | |
| 5225 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5226 { | |
| 5227 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5228 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5229 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
5230 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 5231 } |
| 5232 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
5233 int TypeClass::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 5234 { |
| 5235 return 1; | |
| 5236 } | |
| 5237 | |
| 5238 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5239 { | |
| 5240 return TRUE; | |
| 5241 } | |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5244 { | |
| 5245 return TRUE; | |
| 5246 } | |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5249 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5250 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Parameters *arguments) |
| 159 | 5251 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) |
| 5252 { | |
| 5253 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5254 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5255 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5256 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5257 if (arguments) | |
| 5258 { | |
| 5259 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5260 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5261 Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5262 assert(arg && arg->type); |
| 5263 } | |
| 5264 } | |
| 5265 #endif | |
| 5266 } | |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 /**************** | |
| 5269 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5270 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5271 */ | |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5274 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5275 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5276 Parameters *arguments = new Parameters; |
| 159 | 5277 if (exps) |
| 5278 { | |
| 5279 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5280 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5281 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5282 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5283 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5284 Parameter *arg = new Parameter(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); |
| 159 | 5285 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; |
| 5286 } | |
| 5287 } | |
| 5288 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5289 } | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5292 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5293 Parameters *args = Parameter::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); |
| 159 | 5294 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); |
| 5295 return t; | |
| 5296 } | |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5299 { | |
| 5300 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5301 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5302 if (!deco) |
| 5303 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5306 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5307 */ | |
| 5308 return this; | |
| 5309 } | |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5312 { Type *t; | |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5315 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5316 if (this == t) | |
| 5317 { | |
| 5318 return 1; | |
| 5319 } | |
| 5320 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5321 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5324 { | |
| 5325 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5326 { Parameter *arg1 = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5327 Parameter *arg2 = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5328 |
| 5329 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5330 return 0; | |
| 5331 } | |
| 5332 return 1; | |
| 5333 } | |
| 5334 } | |
| 5335 return 0; | |
| 5336 } | |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5339 { | |
| 5340 if (arguments) | |
| 5341 { | |
| 5342 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5343 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5344 Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5345 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); |
| 5346 if (t) | |
| 5347 return t; | |
| 5348 } | |
| 5349 } | |
| 5350 return NULL; | |
| 5351 } | |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5354 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5355 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); |
| 159 | 5356 } |
| 5357 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5358 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5359 { |
| 5360 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5361 OutBuffer buf2; | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5362 Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments, mangle); |
| 159 | 5363 unsigned len = buf2.offset; |
| 5364 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5365 } | |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5368 { Expression *e; | |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5371 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5372 #endif | |
| 5373 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5374 { | |
| 5375 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5376 } | |
| 5377 else | |
| 5378 { | |
| 5379 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5380 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5381 } | |
| 5382 return e; | |
| 5383 } | |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5390 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5391 { | |
| 5392 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5393 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5394 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5395 } | |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5398 { | |
| 5399 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5400 return t; | |
| 5401 } | |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5404 { | |
| 5405 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5406 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5407 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5410 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5411 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5412 return Type::terror; | |
| 5413 } | |
| 5414 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5415 | |
| 5416 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5417 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5418 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5421 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5422 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5423 | |
| 5424 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5425 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5426 return Type::terror; |
| 5427 } | |
| 5428 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5429 Parameters *args = new Parameters; |
| 159 | 5430 args->reserve(i2 - i1); |
| 5431 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5432 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5433 args->push(arg); |
| 5434 } | |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5437 } | |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5440 { | |
| 5441 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5442 if (*pe) | |
| 5443 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5444 Expression *e; | |
| 5445 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5446 *pe = e; | |
| 5447 } | |
| 5448 else if (*ps) | |
| 5449 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5450 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5451 if (td) | |
| 5452 { | |
| 5453 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5454 */ | |
| 5455 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5456 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5457 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5458 | |
| 5459 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5460 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5461 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5464 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5465 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5466 | |
| 5467 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5470 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5471 goto Ldefault; |
| 5472 } | |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5475 { | |
| 5476 *ps = td; | |
| 5477 return; | |
| 5478 } | |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5481 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5482 */ | |
| 5483 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5484 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5485 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5486 { | |
| 5487 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5488 } | |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5491 *ps = tds; | |
| 5492 } | |
| 5493 else | |
| 5494 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5495 } | |
| 5496 else | |
| 5497 { | |
| 5498 Ldefault: | |
| 5499 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5500 } | |
| 5501 } | |
| 5502 | |
| 5503 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5504 { | |
| 5505 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5506 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5507 return; | |
| 5508 } | |
| 5509 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5510 | |
| 5511 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5512 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5513 } | |
| 5514 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5515 /***************************** Parameter *****************************/ |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5516 |
|
1621
fb2e6707ad17
Merge DMD r314+r315: bugzilla 2029 Typesafe variadic functions don't...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1619
diff
changeset
|
5517 Parameter::Parameter(StorageClass storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) |
| 159 | 5518 { |
| 5519 this->type = type; | |
| 5520 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5521 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5522 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5523 } | |
| 5524 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5525 Parameter *Parameter::syntaxCopy() |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5526 { |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5527 Parameter *a = new Parameter(storageClass, |
| 159 | 5528 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, |
| 5529 ident, | |
| 5530 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5531 return a; | |
| 5532 } | |
| 5533 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5534 Parameters *Parameter::arraySyntaxCopy(Parameters *args) |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5535 { Parameters *a = NULL; |
| 159 | 5536 |
| 5537 if (args) | |
| 5538 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5539 a = new Parameters(); |
| 159 | 5540 a->setDim(args->dim); |
| 5541 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5542 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5543 |
| 5544 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5545 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5546 } | |
| 5547 } | |
| 5548 return a; | |
| 5549 } | |
| 5550 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5551 char *Parameter::argsTypesToChars(Parameters *args, int varargs) |
| 159 | 5552 { OutBuffer *buf; |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5557 if (args) | |
| 5558 { int i; | |
| 5559 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5560 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5563 { Parameter *arg; |
| 159 | 5564 |
| 5565 if (i) | |
| 5566 buf->writeByte(','); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5567 arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5568 argbuf.reset(); |
| 5569 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5570 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5571 } | |
| 5572 if (varargs) | |
| 5573 { | |
| 5574 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5575 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5576 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5577 } | |
| 5578 } | |
| 5579 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5582 } | |
| 5583 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5584 void Parameter::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Parameters *arguments, int varargs) |
| 159 | 5585 { |
| 5586 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5587 if (arguments) | |
| 5588 { int i; | |
| 5589 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5592 { Parameter *arg; |
| 159 | 5593 |
| 5594 if (i) | |
| 5595 buf->writestring(", "); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5596 arg = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5597 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) |
| 5598 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5599 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5600 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5601 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5602 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5603 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5604 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5605 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5606 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5607 { | |
| 5608 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5609 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5610 } | |
| 5611 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5612 } | |
| 5613 if (varargs) | |
| 5614 { | |
| 5615 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5616 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5617 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5618 } | |
| 5619 } | |
| 5620 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5621 } | |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5624 void Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Parameters *arguments, bool mangle) |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5625 { |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5626 //printf("Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); |
| 159 | 5627 |
| 5628 // Write argument types | |
| 5629 if (arguments) | |
| 5630 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5631 size_t dim = Parameter::dim(arguments); |
| 159 | 5632 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) |
| 5633 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5634 Parameter *arg = Parameter::getNth(arguments, i); |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5635 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5636 } |
| 5637 } | |
| 5638 } | |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 /**************************************************** | |
| 5641 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5642 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5643 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5644 */ | |
| 5645 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5646 Type *Parameter::isLazyArray() |
| 159 | 5647 { |
| 5648 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5649 { | |
| 5650 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5651 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5652 { | |
| 5653 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5654 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5655 { | |
| 5656 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5657 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5658 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5659 if (!tf->varargs && Parameter::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) |
| 159 | 5660 { |
| 5661 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5662 } | |
| 5663 } | |
| 5664 } | |
| 5665 } | |
| 5666 return NULL; | |
| 5667 } | |
| 5668 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5669 void Parameter::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5670 { |
| 5671 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5672 { case 0: | |
| 5673 case STCin: | |
| 5674 break; | |
| 5675 case STCout: | |
| 5676 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5677 break; | |
| 5678 case STCref: | |
| 5679 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5680 break; | |
| 5681 case STClazy: | |
| 5682 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5683 break; | |
| 5684 default: | |
| 5685 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5686 halt(); | |
| 5687 #endif | |
| 5688 assert(0); | |
| 5689 } | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5690 type->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5691 } |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 /*************************************** | |
| 5694 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5695 */ | |
| 5696 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5697 size_t Parameter::dim(Parameters *args) |
| 159 | 5698 { |
| 5699 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5700 if (args) | |
| 5701 { | |
| 5702 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5703 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5704 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5707 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5708 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5709 } | |
| 5710 else | |
| 5711 n++; | |
| 5712 } | |
| 5713 } | |
| 5714 return n; | |
| 5715 } | |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 /*************************************** | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5718 * Get nth Parameter, folding in tuples. |
| 159 | 5719 * Returns: |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5720 * Parameter* nth Parameter |
| 159 | 5721 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5722 * of Parameters |
| 159 | 5723 */ |
| 5724 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5725 Parameter *Parameter::getNth(Parameters *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) |
| 159 | 5726 { |
| 5727 if (!args) | |
| 5728 return NULL; | |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5731 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5732 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5733 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5736 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5737 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5738 if (arg) | |
| 5739 return arg; | |
| 5740 } | |
| 5741 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5742 return arg; | |
| 5743 else | |
| 5744 n++; | |
| 5745 } | |
| 5746 | |
| 5747 if (pn) | |
| 5748 *pn += n; | |
| 5749 return NULL; | |
| 5750 } |